Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead...

23
Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE WWW.MIRRIXLOOMS.COM

Transcript of Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead...

Page 1: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

Mirrix Looms

WHOLESALE GUIDE

W W W M I R R I X L O O M S C O M

bull CHAPTER 1 bull

Mirrix Looms come in 8 different sizes from the 5rdquo Mini Mirrix to the 38rdquo Zeus Loom They are primarily used for bead and tapestry weaving but can be used for a variety of things including wire weaving mixed-media weaving and inkle weaving

LOOM SIZES amp USES

3 t h i n g s t o a s k y o u r s e l f b e fo r e c h o o s i n g a l o o m

s i z e

1 What type of weaving will I be doing (Tapestry Bead Weaving Fiber and Bead Combination Weaving All of the above)

2 What is the maximum size piece I will want to do on my loom

3 Will I be using the shedding device

2

bull How to Choose a Loom bull

The 5rdquo Mini Mirrix does not come with a shedding device The 8rdquo Lani Loom and 12rdquo Little Guy Loom can come either with a shedding device or without a shedding device The 16rdquo Big Sister Loom 22rdquo Zach Loom 28rdquo McKinley Loom 32rdquo Joni Loom and 38rdquo Zeus Loom all come with shedding devices All looms that have shedding devices can be used with or without the devices

What is the shedding device

A shedding device lifts half your warps at a time allowing you to weave through

much faster and easier It is possible to weave tapestry without a shedding device but generally

speaking if you are interested in tapestry you want a loom with a shedding device A

shedding device is optional for bead weaving

Do you want to use the shedding device for weaving beads

A shedding device allows you to weave beads in a manner difference than the traditional way of sewing behind your beads Instead you attach heddles to the shedding device and the warps and the device lifts half your warps at a time allowing you to place your beads between your warps instead of having to sew through

3

5rdquo Mini Mirrix

Named after our late take-us anywhere horse Loreli this is the perfect take-anywhere loom to add to your collection Weighing only a pound and a half and

measuring 5 inches across the Loreli Loom is versatile simple and fits any budget The Mini-Mirrix was designed with the on-the-go weaver in mind for those of us who always need a bead loom in our purse Perfect for weaving bracelets and necklaces The Mini has a weaving length of twenty inches with regular set up and eight and a half inches with no warps kit Weaving width is

two and a half inches The Mini-Mirrix is any beaderrsquos little dreamTry weaving any sized bracelet or even a split necklace on this loom For a tiny loom it sure provides a lot of options We find that folks who own our larger looms love to have this as their super portable version Not only is it tiny itrsquos

also really beautiful and sturdy Throw it in your purse along with some beads and you are ready for downtime anywhere But like your favorite electronic

device you can use it anywhere You can stand it on a table or put it in your lap Yoursquoll never want to leave home without your Loreli Loom Who needs knitting

when yoursquove got this precious little loom

The Loreli Loom only allows for the traditional method of bead weaving and is a dedicated bead loom This loom comes with everything you need to warp using

our no warp-ends method

Who Should Choose This Loom The Mini Mirrix Loreli Loom is made for the beader on the go Its small enough to take anywhere with you and is perfect for making beaded jewelry Its a great loom for someone who wants an extra Mirrix to take with them everywhere or

just wants a loom for small projects thats perfectly portable Weaving width of 2 inches and length of 20 inches

Learn more about the 5rdquo Mini Mirrix here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore5-mini-mirrix-loreli-loom

4

8rdquo Lani Loom

Named after my beautiful daughter Elena who insisted that we finally make a smaller loom for bead weavers the eight inch wide Lani Loom is designed to accommodate the needs of bead weavers who want a small simple but entirely functional bead loom and who plan to employ the traditional method of bead weaving (For

those of you who want to weave with a shedding device the Lani is now available with one) The weaving width is 5 and the length is 26 One leg folds out to stand the loom upright Although simple this four pound loom is as sturdy and carefully designed as all our

other looms Its just a little smaller a little simpler for a pared down price This loom has a lot of flexibility and works as well for bracelets necklaces purses straps pouches cellphone cases and

beaded tapestries It sits sturdily on a table but you can also securely hold it in your lap or even lay it down flat on a table

Accessories and additional coils are available for this loom If you want to own just one Mirrix Loom for traditional beadwork this

could very well be just the loom for you

Who Should Choose This Loom The Lani Loom is our second-smallest loom It was originally made

as a dedicated bead loom but add the extra shedding device and weave small tapestries or one of our favorite projects the TapestryBead Cuff Bracelet If youre looking for a compact loom thats also

strong and and functional with perfect tension this loom is for you Weave necklaces bracelets small beaded or woven tapestries or a

variety of other small pieces This loom is a great first loom especially for someone who loves to make beaded jewelry The 8

Loom is perfect for the no warp-ends kit which allows you to weave a piece without having any ends to finish It also allows you to

weave with wire

Learn more about the 8rdquo Lani Loom

Without the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore8-lani-loom-without-shedding-device

With the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore8-lani-loom

5

12rdquo Little Guy Loom

The smallest of our looms designed to accommodate both tapestry and bead weaving The Little Guy is so cute so portable and fits perfectly on a lap when he

isnrsquot standing on a table with his two fold out legs Weighing in at a featherweight 5 pounds this 12 inch wide loom is a workshop goerrsquos dream Weave a fiber or bead

tapestry up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches highThe Little Guy loom is the smallest loom we make that accommodates both bead

and tapestry weaving Itrsquos small itrsquos sturdy itrsquos portable and it includes the shedding device and a variety of warp coils Weave a small format tapestry on it or a

bracelet Anything is possible with the only restriction being size When deciding between this loom as the Big Sister your only consideration should be what is the largest piece I will want to weave on this loom Keep in mind that you can weave

two thinner pieces on this loom What fun is that watching two pieces progress at the same time without the frustration of wanting to get that old

piece off the loom so you can start on your next ideaA bunch of our accessories are available for this loom including the loom extenders which will give you enough height to turn this into a belt loom or for trying your hand at inkle weaving Our smallest tapestrybead loom

opens up so many possibilities for someone who wants to explore both bead weaving using the shedding device (or not You do not have to use

the shedding device with this loom even though it is part of the loom package) andor tapestry weaving It is also the most portable tapestry loom available in this world It stands at a table or works just perfectly

lying in your lap We kind of think of it as our iPad loom Put down your knitting a try something new

Who Should Choose This Loom The 12 Little Guy Loom is a perfect lap loom Its small enough to throw in a bag but large enough to weave a piece up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches

high This loom is great for both tapestry and bead weavers and is a wonderful starter loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our

handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 12rdquo Little Guy Loom

Without the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-without-shedding-device

With the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-with-shedding-device

6

16rdquo Big Sister Loom

At 16 inches wide and weighing in at 6 pounds the Big Sister is both bigger than her little brother and has been around longer She was the first loom we

designed Bigger does not always mean a lot more expensive A tapestry or bead weaving 13 inches wide and 36 inches high can be woven on this elegant

compact loom Another great workshop or travel loom the Big Sister stands firmly on a table This is our most popular loom both for tapestry and bead

weavers or those who do combined techniquesThe Big Sister is simply a more grown up version of the Little Guy Shersquos got that wonderful shedding device Shersquos great for both bead weaving and tapestry The

loom extenders work for her too And shersquos pretty darn portable She lsquos too grown up to fit as nicely in your lap as the

Little Guy But she is one powerful piece of equipment Itrsquos no wonder she is hands down our most popular loom and

only a little bit more expensive than her little brother Make your choice between the two based just on size because that is the only difference between them Just like the Little Guy

we sell a bunch of accessories for the Big Sister

Who Should Choose This Loom The 16 Big Sister Loom is our best-selling loom Its a great size for both bead and tapestry weaving and is small enough to store almost anywhere It fits perfectly on a table or even

on a lap and can easily be taken with youTry weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that

you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 16rdquo Big Sister Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore16-big-sister-loom-with-shedding-device

7

22rdquo Zach Loom

Our third dedicated tapestry and bead loom is the perfect size for the weaver who wants that extra size to weave substantial pieces but doesnrsquot necessarily

want to take herhis loom to the beach Great for workshops because at 11 pounds and 22 inches wide itrsquos still a really portable loom But also a great

addition to your weaving studio Weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this well proportioned loom

If I were to own just one Mirrix Loom and wasnt concerned about true portability (its portable easy to take to a workshop and even fits in most

checked luggage) stuff in a bag and go portability the Zach Loom might be the one Mirrix Loom I would buy Thank goodness I dont have to make that

decision What I love about this Mirrix its large enough to weave a substantial although not enormous tapestry It has great proportions and is still very

lightweight and easy to move around (well they all are really) Its also great for weaving beads especially if you are leaning toward beaded tapestries purses

cellphone cases But it even works for bracelets and necklaces It would be great for weaving a split loom necklace for example If you are planning to own two

looms this would be a great companion to one of the smaller looms All the accessories except for the loom extenders (which would make the loom slightly

unstable) are available for the Zach Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 22 Zach Loom is great for both bead and tapestry weaving Its big enough to make a fairly substantial project but small enough that its very portable and storable and fits well on a table This is Mirrix President Claudia Chases favorite loom size You can weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this loom

Try weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loomRemember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms

Learn more about the 22rdquo Zach Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore22-zach-loom

8

28rdquo McKinley Loom

When our customers make a suggestion we listen And how could we not listen to McKinley who said we needed a 28 inch loom to fit in between the 22 and 32 looms He said it would be perfect for weaving table runners We think its

perfect for weaving anything Named after Mckinley one of our all-time favorite customers (not that we choose favorites) this loom is sure to bring you the kind

of joy McKinley has brought us On this 28 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches long

Who Should Choose This Loom The 28 McKinley Loom is the perfect loom for weaving belts table runners or

anything long Its the same height as the 32 Joni Loom but is just a few inches thinner With this loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches

long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more

often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 28rdquo McKinley Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore28-mckinley-loom

9

32rdquo Joni Loom

Pure tapestry or large scale bead weaving bliss The Joni Loom is the loom for those of you who like to think big but donrsquot want your loom to take over your

room Joni weighs 14 pounds as is 32 inches wide You can weave a piece on her 29 inches wide and 44 inches tall Thatrsquos a lot of space for creating your dreams Pair her up with the stand and treadle and yoursquove got yourself a fabulous floor loom at a fraction of cost and taking up a fraction of the space Shersquos great with

or without these additions Shersquos stronger than our other looms sporting a double top and bottom beam to make sure she can accommodate the kind of

tension tapestry weavers demandThe Joni Loom sends you into a whole new territory Shes the loom you buy

when are moving up in size and are dying to create a tapestry or a bead weaving of a size normally only possible of large floor looms I found that my large floor looms which took over my entire studio (until I got rid of them so I could crowd

my studio with a whole fleet or Mirrix Looms) could never accommodate a tapestry even close to their width because the tension would get uneven or

loose Not so with the Joni Loom Warp her up from edge to edge and create a piece as large as 29 inches wide and 40 inches tall That is a pretty darn big weaving And yes bead weavers use this loom too Quite a few bead weavers

create large bead weavings on the Joni Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 32 Joni Loom is the perfect loom for the serious tapestry weaver who doesnt quite need the width of the 38 Loom Zeus Loom Double top and

bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs The weaving width is 29 inches and the weaving height is 44

inches Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are

more often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 32rdquo Joni Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore32-joni-loom

10

38rdquo Zeus Loom

This is as big as a portable Mirrix Loom gets Inspired by a customer who wanted a big enough loom to weave a standard Navajo size rug we designed this loom for those of you who think big

Engineered just like the 32 inch loom the 38 inch loom will satisfy those of you who really wanted a floor loom but could not justify the expense or give up all that space to house it On

this 38 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 35 inches wide and 46 inches longThe Zeus Loom comes with a great story He exists because a customer who had been weaving on a traditional Navajo loom called me up to ask if we had a loom that could accommodate a

weaving 35 inches wide and 40 inches tall I said no because at the time the Joni Loom was our largest loom She wanted to transfer her piece off the Navajo loom and onto a Mirrix It was just crazy enough that I wanted to be part of this I told her I would have manufacturing make two

38 inch wide looms and I would have one sent to her and one sent to me If we both thought the loom was viable she would be obligated to buy it We then figured out a way for her to transfer her weaving onto the Mirrix She received the loom she loved the loom and she transferred her weaving onto it and finished it without a hitch That was one happy customer Since then many

customers have enjoyed the size of this loom that has the consideration to produce large tapestries while not taking over your studio

Who Should Choose This Loom The 38 Zeus Loom is designed for those people who want to weave the largest tapestry you can weave on a Mirrix Loom Combine it with the Mirrix Treadle and Mirrix Stand and youve got a floor loom without the cost or footprint of one Not only is it great for large-scale tapestries but

its wonderful for weaving small area rugs Double top and bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs You can weave a piece 35 inches

wide and 46 inches long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more often used for

tapestry

Learn more about the 38rdquo Zeus Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore38-zeus-loom

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 2: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

bull CHAPTER 1 bull

Mirrix Looms come in 8 different sizes from the 5rdquo Mini Mirrix to the 38rdquo Zeus Loom They are primarily used for bead and tapestry weaving but can be used for a variety of things including wire weaving mixed-media weaving and inkle weaving

LOOM SIZES amp USES

3 t h i n g s t o a s k y o u r s e l f b e fo r e c h o o s i n g a l o o m

s i z e

1 What type of weaving will I be doing (Tapestry Bead Weaving Fiber and Bead Combination Weaving All of the above)

2 What is the maximum size piece I will want to do on my loom

3 Will I be using the shedding device

2

bull How to Choose a Loom bull

The 5rdquo Mini Mirrix does not come with a shedding device The 8rdquo Lani Loom and 12rdquo Little Guy Loom can come either with a shedding device or without a shedding device The 16rdquo Big Sister Loom 22rdquo Zach Loom 28rdquo McKinley Loom 32rdquo Joni Loom and 38rdquo Zeus Loom all come with shedding devices All looms that have shedding devices can be used with or without the devices

What is the shedding device

A shedding device lifts half your warps at a time allowing you to weave through

much faster and easier It is possible to weave tapestry without a shedding device but generally

speaking if you are interested in tapestry you want a loom with a shedding device A

shedding device is optional for bead weaving

Do you want to use the shedding device for weaving beads

A shedding device allows you to weave beads in a manner difference than the traditional way of sewing behind your beads Instead you attach heddles to the shedding device and the warps and the device lifts half your warps at a time allowing you to place your beads between your warps instead of having to sew through

3

5rdquo Mini Mirrix

Named after our late take-us anywhere horse Loreli this is the perfect take-anywhere loom to add to your collection Weighing only a pound and a half and

measuring 5 inches across the Loreli Loom is versatile simple and fits any budget The Mini-Mirrix was designed with the on-the-go weaver in mind for those of us who always need a bead loom in our purse Perfect for weaving bracelets and necklaces The Mini has a weaving length of twenty inches with regular set up and eight and a half inches with no warps kit Weaving width is

two and a half inches The Mini-Mirrix is any beaderrsquos little dreamTry weaving any sized bracelet or even a split necklace on this loom For a tiny loom it sure provides a lot of options We find that folks who own our larger looms love to have this as their super portable version Not only is it tiny itrsquos

also really beautiful and sturdy Throw it in your purse along with some beads and you are ready for downtime anywhere But like your favorite electronic

device you can use it anywhere You can stand it on a table or put it in your lap Yoursquoll never want to leave home without your Loreli Loom Who needs knitting

when yoursquove got this precious little loom

The Loreli Loom only allows for the traditional method of bead weaving and is a dedicated bead loom This loom comes with everything you need to warp using

our no warp-ends method

Who Should Choose This Loom The Mini Mirrix Loreli Loom is made for the beader on the go Its small enough to take anywhere with you and is perfect for making beaded jewelry Its a great loom for someone who wants an extra Mirrix to take with them everywhere or

just wants a loom for small projects thats perfectly portable Weaving width of 2 inches and length of 20 inches

Learn more about the 5rdquo Mini Mirrix here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore5-mini-mirrix-loreli-loom

4

8rdquo Lani Loom

Named after my beautiful daughter Elena who insisted that we finally make a smaller loom for bead weavers the eight inch wide Lani Loom is designed to accommodate the needs of bead weavers who want a small simple but entirely functional bead loom and who plan to employ the traditional method of bead weaving (For

those of you who want to weave with a shedding device the Lani is now available with one) The weaving width is 5 and the length is 26 One leg folds out to stand the loom upright Although simple this four pound loom is as sturdy and carefully designed as all our

other looms Its just a little smaller a little simpler for a pared down price This loom has a lot of flexibility and works as well for bracelets necklaces purses straps pouches cellphone cases and

beaded tapestries It sits sturdily on a table but you can also securely hold it in your lap or even lay it down flat on a table

Accessories and additional coils are available for this loom If you want to own just one Mirrix Loom for traditional beadwork this

could very well be just the loom for you

Who Should Choose This Loom The Lani Loom is our second-smallest loom It was originally made

as a dedicated bead loom but add the extra shedding device and weave small tapestries or one of our favorite projects the TapestryBead Cuff Bracelet If youre looking for a compact loom thats also

strong and and functional with perfect tension this loom is for you Weave necklaces bracelets small beaded or woven tapestries or a

variety of other small pieces This loom is a great first loom especially for someone who loves to make beaded jewelry The 8

Loom is perfect for the no warp-ends kit which allows you to weave a piece without having any ends to finish It also allows you to

weave with wire

Learn more about the 8rdquo Lani Loom

Without the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore8-lani-loom-without-shedding-device

With the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore8-lani-loom

5

12rdquo Little Guy Loom

The smallest of our looms designed to accommodate both tapestry and bead weaving The Little Guy is so cute so portable and fits perfectly on a lap when he

isnrsquot standing on a table with his two fold out legs Weighing in at a featherweight 5 pounds this 12 inch wide loom is a workshop goerrsquos dream Weave a fiber or bead

tapestry up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches highThe Little Guy loom is the smallest loom we make that accommodates both bead

and tapestry weaving Itrsquos small itrsquos sturdy itrsquos portable and it includes the shedding device and a variety of warp coils Weave a small format tapestry on it or a

bracelet Anything is possible with the only restriction being size When deciding between this loom as the Big Sister your only consideration should be what is the largest piece I will want to weave on this loom Keep in mind that you can weave

two thinner pieces on this loom What fun is that watching two pieces progress at the same time without the frustration of wanting to get that old

piece off the loom so you can start on your next ideaA bunch of our accessories are available for this loom including the loom extenders which will give you enough height to turn this into a belt loom or for trying your hand at inkle weaving Our smallest tapestrybead loom

opens up so many possibilities for someone who wants to explore both bead weaving using the shedding device (or not You do not have to use

the shedding device with this loom even though it is part of the loom package) andor tapestry weaving It is also the most portable tapestry loom available in this world It stands at a table or works just perfectly

lying in your lap We kind of think of it as our iPad loom Put down your knitting a try something new

Who Should Choose This Loom The 12 Little Guy Loom is a perfect lap loom Its small enough to throw in a bag but large enough to weave a piece up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches

high This loom is great for both tapestry and bead weavers and is a wonderful starter loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our

handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 12rdquo Little Guy Loom

Without the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-without-shedding-device

With the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-with-shedding-device

6

16rdquo Big Sister Loom

At 16 inches wide and weighing in at 6 pounds the Big Sister is both bigger than her little brother and has been around longer She was the first loom we

designed Bigger does not always mean a lot more expensive A tapestry or bead weaving 13 inches wide and 36 inches high can be woven on this elegant

compact loom Another great workshop or travel loom the Big Sister stands firmly on a table This is our most popular loom both for tapestry and bead

weavers or those who do combined techniquesThe Big Sister is simply a more grown up version of the Little Guy Shersquos got that wonderful shedding device Shersquos great for both bead weaving and tapestry The

loom extenders work for her too And shersquos pretty darn portable She lsquos too grown up to fit as nicely in your lap as the

Little Guy But she is one powerful piece of equipment Itrsquos no wonder she is hands down our most popular loom and

only a little bit more expensive than her little brother Make your choice between the two based just on size because that is the only difference between them Just like the Little Guy

we sell a bunch of accessories for the Big Sister

Who Should Choose This Loom The 16 Big Sister Loom is our best-selling loom Its a great size for both bead and tapestry weaving and is small enough to store almost anywhere It fits perfectly on a table or even

on a lap and can easily be taken with youTry weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that

you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 16rdquo Big Sister Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore16-big-sister-loom-with-shedding-device

7

22rdquo Zach Loom

Our third dedicated tapestry and bead loom is the perfect size for the weaver who wants that extra size to weave substantial pieces but doesnrsquot necessarily

want to take herhis loom to the beach Great for workshops because at 11 pounds and 22 inches wide itrsquos still a really portable loom But also a great

addition to your weaving studio Weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this well proportioned loom

If I were to own just one Mirrix Loom and wasnt concerned about true portability (its portable easy to take to a workshop and even fits in most

checked luggage) stuff in a bag and go portability the Zach Loom might be the one Mirrix Loom I would buy Thank goodness I dont have to make that

decision What I love about this Mirrix its large enough to weave a substantial although not enormous tapestry It has great proportions and is still very

lightweight and easy to move around (well they all are really) Its also great for weaving beads especially if you are leaning toward beaded tapestries purses

cellphone cases But it even works for bracelets and necklaces It would be great for weaving a split loom necklace for example If you are planning to own two

looms this would be a great companion to one of the smaller looms All the accessories except for the loom extenders (which would make the loom slightly

unstable) are available for the Zach Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 22 Zach Loom is great for both bead and tapestry weaving Its big enough to make a fairly substantial project but small enough that its very portable and storable and fits well on a table This is Mirrix President Claudia Chases favorite loom size You can weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this loom

Try weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loomRemember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms

Learn more about the 22rdquo Zach Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore22-zach-loom

8

28rdquo McKinley Loom

When our customers make a suggestion we listen And how could we not listen to McKinley who said we needed a 28 inch loom to fit in between the 22 and 32 looms He said it would be perfect for weaving table runners We think its

perfect for weaving anything Named after Mckinley one of our all-time favorite customers (not that we choose favorites) this loom is sure to bring you the kind

of joy McKinley has brought us On this 28 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches long

Who Should Choose This Loom The 28 McKinley Loom is the perfect loom for weaving belts table runners or

anything long Its the same height as the 32 Joni Loom but is just a few inches thinner With this loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches

long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more

often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 28rdquo McKinley Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore28-mckinley-loom

9

32rdquo Joni Loom

Pure tapestry or large scale bead weaving bliss The Joni Loom is the loom for those of you who like to think big but donrsquot want your loom to take over your

room Joni weighs 14 pounds as is 32 inches wide You can weave a piece on her 29 inches wide and 44 inches tall Thatrsquos a lot of space for creating your dreams Pair her up with the stand and treadle and yoursquove got yourself a fabulous floor loom at a fraction of cost and taking up a fraction of the space Shersquos great with

or without these additions Shersquos stronger than our other looms sporting a double top and bottom beam to make sure she can accommodate the kind of

tension tapestry weavers demandThe Joni Loom sends you into a whole new territory Shes the loom you buy

when are moving up in size and are dying to create a tapestry or a bead weaving of a size normally only possible of large floor looms I found that my large floor looms which took over my entire studio (until I got rid of them so I could crowd

my studio with a whole fleet or Mirrix Looms) could never accommodate a tapestry even close to their width because the tension would get uneven or

loose Not so with the Joni Loom Warp her up from edge to edge and create a piece as large as 29 inches wide and 40 inches tall That is a pretty darn big weaving And yes bead weavers use this loom too Quite a few bead weavers

create large bead weavings on the Joni Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 32 Joni Loom is the perfect loom for the serious tapestry weaver who doesnt quite need the width of the 38 Loom Zeus Loom Double top and

bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs The weaving width is 29 inches and the weaving height is 44

inches Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are

more often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 32rdquo Joni Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore32-joni-loom

10

38rdquo Zeus Loom

This is as big as a portable Mirrix Loom gets Inspired by a customer who wanted a big enough loom to weave a standard Navajo size rug we designed this loom for those of you who think big

Engineered just like the 32 inch loom the 38 inch loom will satisfy those of you who really wanted a floor loom but could not justify the expense or give up all that space to house it On

this 38 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 35 inches wide and 46 inches longThe Zeus Loom comes with a great story He exists because a customer who had been weaving on a traditional Navajo loom called me up to ask if we had a loom that could accommodate a

weaving 35 inches wide and 40 inches tall I said no because at the time the Joni Loom was our largest loom She wanted to transfer her piece off the Navajo loom and onto a Mirrix It was just crazy enough that I wanted to be part of this I told her I would have manufacturing make two

38 inch wide looms and I would have one sent to her and one sent to me If we both thought the loom was viable she would be obligated to buy it We then figured out a way for her to transfer her weaving onto the Mirrix She received the loom she loved the loom and she transferred her weaving onto it and finished it without a hitch That was one happy customer Since then many

customers have enjoyed the size of this loom that has the consideration to produce large tapestries while not taking over your studio

Who Should Choose This Loom The 38 Zeus Loom is designed for those people who want to weave the largest tapestry you can weave on a Mirrix Loom Combine it with the Mirrix Treadle and Mirrix Stand and youve got a floor loom without the cost or footprint of one Not only is it great for large-scale tapestries but

its wonderful for weaving small area rugs Double top and bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs You can weave a piece 35 inches

wide and 46 inches long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more often used for

tapestry

Learn more about the 38rdquo Zeus Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore38-zeus-loom

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 3: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

3 t h i n g s t o a s k y o u r s e l f b e fo r e c h o o s i n g a l o o m

s i z e

1 What type of weaving will I be doing (Tapestry Bead Weaving Fiber and Bead Combination Weaving All of the above)

2 What is the maximum size piece I will want to do on my loom

3 Will I be using the shedding device

2

bull How to Choose a Loom bull

The 5rdquo Mini Mirrix does not come with a shedding device The 8rdquo Lani Loom and 12rdquo Little Guy Loom can come either with a shedding device or without a shedding device The 16rdquo Big Sister Loom 22rdquo Zach Loom 28rdquo McKinley Loom 32rdquo Joni Loom and 38rdquo Zeus Loom all come with shedding devices All looms that have shedding devices can be used with or without the devices

What is the shedding device

A shedding device lifts half your warps at a time allowing you to weave through

much faster and easier It is possible to weave tapestry without a shedding device but generally

speaking if you are interested in tapestry you want a loom with a shedding device A

shedding device is optional for bead weaving

Do you want to use the shedding device for weaving beads

A shedding device allows you to weave beads in a manner difference than the traditional way of sewing behind your beads Instead you attach heddles to the shedding device and the warps and the device lifts half your warps at a time allowing you to place your beads between your warps instead of having to sew through

3

5rdquo Mini Mirrix

Named after our late take-us anywhere horse Loreli this is the perfect take-anywhere loom to add to your collection Weighing only a pound and a half and

measuring 5 inches across the Loreli Loom is versatile simple and fits any budget The Mini-Mirrix was designed with the on-the-go weaver in mind for those of us who always need a bead loom in our purse Perfect for weaving bracelets and necklaces The Mini has a weaving length of twenty inches with regular set up and eight and a half inches with no warps kit Weaving width is

two and a half inches The Mini-Mirrix is any beaderrsquos little dreamTry weaving any sized bracelet or even a split necklace on this loom For a tiny loom it sure provides a lot of options We find that folks who own our larger looms love to have this as their super portable version Not only is it tiny itrsquos

also really beautiful and sturdy Throw it in your purse along with some beads and you are ready for downtime anywhere But like your favorite electronic

device you can use it anywhere You can stand it on a table or put it in your lap Yoursquoll never want to leave home without your Loreli Loom Who needs knitting

when yoursquove got this precious little loom

The Loreli Loom only allows for the traditional method of bead weaving and is a dedicated bead loom This loom comes with everything you need to warp using

our no warp-ends method

Who Should Choose This Loom The Mini Mirrix Loreli Loom is made for the beader on the go Its small enough to take anywhere with you and is perfect for making beaded jewelry Its a great loom for someone who wants an extra Mirrix to take with them everywhere or

just wants a loom for small projects thats perfectly portable Weaving width of 2 inches and length of 20 inches

Learn more about the 5rdquo Mini Mirrix here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore5-mini-mirrix-loreli-loom

4

8rdquo Lani Loom

Named after my beautiful daughter Elena who insisted that we finally make a smaller loom for bead weavers the eight inch wide Lani Loom is designed to accommodate the needs of bead weavers who want a small simple but entirely functional bead loom and who plan to employ the traditional method of bead weaving (For

those of you who want to weave with a shedding device the Lani is now available with one) The weaving width is 5 and the length is 26 One leg folds out to stand the loom upright Although simple this four pound loom is as sturdy and carefully designed as all our

other looms Its just a little smaller a little simpler for a pared down price This loom has a lot of flexibility and works as well for bracelets necklaces purses straps pouches cellphone cases and

beaded tapestries It sits sturdily on a table but you can also securely hold it in your lap or even lay it down flat on a table

Accessories and additional coils are available for this loom If you want to own just one Mirrix Loom for traditional beadwork this

could very well be just the loom for you

Who Should Choose This Loom The Lani Loom is our second-smallest loom It was originally made

as a dedicated bead loom but add the extra shedding device and weave small tapestries or one of our favorite projects the TapestryBead Cuff Bracelet If youre looking for a compact loom thats also

strong and and functional with perfect tension this loom is for you Weave necklaces bracelets small beaded or woven tapestries or a

variety of other small pieces This loom is a great first loom especially for someone who loves to make beaded jewelry The 8

Loom is perfect for the no warp-ends kit which allows you to weave a piece without having any ends to finish It also allows you to

weave with wire

Learn more about the 8rdquo Lani Loom

Without the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore8-lani-loom-without-shedding-device

With the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore8-lani-loom

5

12rdquo Little Guy Loom

The smallest of our looms designed to accommodate both tapestry and bead weaving The Little Guy is so cute so portable and fits perfectly on a lap when he

isnrsquot standing on a table with his two fold out legs Weighing in at a featherweight 5 pounds this 12 inch wide loom is a workshop goerrsquos dream Weave a fiber or bead

tapestry up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches highThe Little Guy loom is the smallest loom we make that accommodates both bead

and tapestry weaving Itrsquos small itrsquos sturdy itrsquos portable and it includes the shedding device and a variety of warp coils Weave a small format tapestry on it or a

bracelet Anything is possible with the only restriction being size When deciding between this loom as the Big Sister your only consideration should be what is the largest piece I will want to weave on this loom Keep in mind that you can weave

two thinner pieces on this loom What fun is that watching two pieces progress at the same time without the frustration of wanting to get that old

piece off the loom so you can start on your next ideaA bunch of our accessories are available for this loom including the loom extenders which will give you enough height to turn this into a belt loom or for trying your hand at inkle weaving Our smallest tapestrybead loom

opens up so many possibilities for someone who wants to explore both bead weaving using the shedding device (or not You do not have to use

the shedding device with this loom even though it is part of the loom package) andor tapestry weaving It is also the most portable tapestry loom available in this world It stands at a table or works just perfectly

lying in your lap We kind of think of it as our iPad loom Put down your knitting a try something new

Who Should Choose This Loom The 12 Little Guy Loom is a perfect lap loom Its small enough to throw in a bag but large enough to weave a piece up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches

high This loom is great for both tapestry and bead weavers and is a wonderful starter loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our

handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 12rdquo Little Guy Loom

Without the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-without-shedding-device

With the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-with-shedding-device

6

16rdquo Big Sister Loom

At 16 inches wide and weighing in at 6 pounds the Big Sister is both bigger than her little brother and has been around longer She was the first loom we

designed Bigger does not always mean a lot more expensive A tapestry or bead weaving 13 inches wide and 36 inches high can be woven on this elegant

compact loom Another great workshop or travel loom the Big Sister stands firmly on a table This is our most popular loom both for tapestry and bead

weavers or those who do combined techniquesThe Big Sister is simply a more grown up version of the Little Guy Shersquos got that wonderful shedding device Shersquos great for both bead weaving and tapestry The

loom extenders work for her too And shersquos pretty darn portable She lsquos too grown up to fit as nicely in your lap as the

Little Guy But she is one powerful piece of equipment Itrsquos no wonder she is hands down our most popular loom and

only a little bit more expensive than her little brother Make your choice between the two based just on size because that is the only difference between them Just like the Little Guy

we sell a bunch of accessories for the Big Sister

Who Should Choose This Loom The 16 Big Sister Loom is our best-selling loom Its a great size for both bead and tapestry weaving and is small enough to store almost anywhere It fits perfectly on a table or even

on a lap and can easily be taken with youTry weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that

you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 16rdquo Big Sister Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore16-big-sister-loom-with-shedding-device

7

22rdquo Zach Loom

Our third dedicated tapestry and bead loom is the perfect size for the weaver who wants that extra size to weave substantial pieces but doesnrsquot necessarily

want to take herhis loom to the beach Great for workshops because at 11 pounds and 22 inches wide itrsquos still a really portable loom But also a great

addition to your weaving studio Weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this well proportioned loom

If I were to own just one Mirrix Loom and wasnt concerned about true portability (its portable easy to take to a workshop and even fits in most

checked luggage) stuff in a bag and go portability the Zach Loom might be the one Mirrix Loom I would buy Thank goodness I dont have to make that

decision What I love about this Mirrix its large enough to weave a substantial although not enormous tapestry It has great proportions and is still very

lightweight and easy to move around (well they all are really) Its also great for weaving beads especially if you are leaning toward beaded tapestries purses

cellphone cases But it even works for bracelets and necklaces It would be great for weaving a split loom necklace for example If you are planning to own two

looms this would be a great companion to one of the smaller looms All the accessories except for the loom extenders (which would make the loom slightly

unstable) are available for the Zach Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 22 Zach Loom is great for both bead and tapestry weaving Its big enough to make a fairly substantial project but small enough that its very portable and storable and fits well on a table This is Mirrix President Claudia Chases favorite loom size You can weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this loom

Try weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loomRemember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms

Learn more about the 22rdquo Zach Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore22-zach-loom

8

28rdquo McKinley Loom

When our customers make a suggestion we listen And how could we not listen to McKinley who said we needed a 28 inch loom to fit in between the 22 and 32 looms He said it would be perfect for weaving table runners We think its

perfect for weaving anything Named after Mckinley one of our all-time favorite customers (not that we choose favorites) this loom is sure to bring you the kind

of joy McKinley has brought us On this 28 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches long

Who Should Choose This Loom The 28 McKinley Loom is the perfect loom for weaving belts table runners or

anything long Its the same height as the 32 Joni Loom but is just a few inches thinner With this loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches

long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more

often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 28rdquo McKinley Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore28-mckinley-loom

9

32rdquo Joni Loom

Pure tapestry or large scale bead weaving bliss The Joni Loom is the loom for those of you who like to think big but donrsquot want your loom to take over your

room Joni weighs 14 pounds as is 32 inches wide You can weave a piece on her 29 inches wide and 44 inches tall Thatrsquos a lot of space for creating your dreams Pair her up with the stand and treadle and yoursquove got yourself a fabulous floor loom at a fraction of cost and taking up a fraction of the space Shersquos great with

or without these additions Shersquos stronger than our other looms sporting a double top and bottom beam to make sure she can accommodate the kind of

tension tapestry weavers demandThe Joni Loom sends you into a whole new territory Shes the loom you buy

when are moving up in size and are dying to create a tapestry or a bead weaving of a size normally only possible of large floor looms I found that my large floor looms which took over my entire studio (until I got rid of them so I could crowd

my studio with a whole fleet or Mirrix Looms) could never accommodate a tapestry even close to their width because the tension would get uneven or

loose Not so with the Joni Loom Warp her up from edge to edge and create a piece as large as 29 inches wide and 40 inches tall That is a pretty darn big weaving And yes bead weavers use this loom too Quite a few bead weavers

create large bead weavings on the Joni Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 32 Joni Loom is the perfect loom for the serious tapestry weaver who doesnt quite need the width of the 38 Loom Zeus Loom Double top and

bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs The weaving width is 29 inches and the weaving height is 44

inches Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are

more often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 32rdquo Joni Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore32-joni-loom

10

38rdquo Zeus Loom

This is as big as a portable Mirrix Loom gets Inspired by a customer who wanted a big enough loom to weave a standard Navajo size rug we designed this loom for those of you who think big

Engineered just like the 32 inch loom the 38 inch loom will satisfy those of you who really wanted a floor loom but could not justify the expense or give up all that space to house it On

this 38 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 35 inches wide and 46 inches longThe Zeus Loom comes with a great story He exists because a customer who had been weaving on a traditional Navajo loom called me up to ask if we had a loom that could accommodate a

weaving 35 inches wide and 40 inches tall I said no because at the time the Joni Loom was our largest loom She wanted to transfer her piece off the Navajo loom and onto a Mirrix It was just crazy enough that I wanted to be part of this I told her I would have manufacturing make two

38 inch wide looms and I would have one sent to her and one sent to me If we both thought the loom was viable she would be obligated to buy it We then figured out a way for her to transfer her weaving onto the Mirrix She received the loom she loved the loom and she transferred her weaving onto it and finished it without a hitch That was one happy customer Since then many

customers have enjoyed the size of this loom that has the consideration to produce large tapestries while not taking over your studio

Who Should Choose This Loom The 38 Zeus Loom is designed for those people who want to weave the largest tapestry you can weave on a Mirrix Loom Combine it with the Mirrix Treadle and Mirrix Stand and youve got a floor loom without the cost or footprint of one Not only is it great for large-scale tapestries but

its wonderful for weaving small area rugs Double top and bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs You can weave a piece 35 inches

wide and 46 inches long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more often used for

tapestry

Learn more about the 38rdquo Zeus Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore38-zeus-loom

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 4: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

3

5rdquo Mini Mirrix

Named after our late take-us anywhere horse Loreli this is the perfect take-anywhere loom to add to your collection Weighing only a pound and a half and

measuring 5 inches across the Loreli Loom is versatile simple and fits any budget The Mini-Mirrix was designed with the on-the-go weaver in mind for those of us who always need a bead loom in our purse Perfect for weaving bracelets and necklaces The Mini has a weaving length of twenty inches with regular set up and eight and a half inches with no warps kit Weaving width is

two and a half inches The Mini-Mirrix is any beaderrsquos little dreamTry weaving any sized bracelet or even a split necklace on this loom For a tiny loom it sure provides a lot of options We find that folks who own our larger looms love to have this as their super portable version Not only is it tiny itrsquos

also really beautiful and sturdy Throw it in your purse along with some beads and you are ready for downtime anywhere But like your favorite electronic

device you can use it anywhere You can stand it on a table or put it in your lap Yoursquoll never want to leave home without your Loreli Loom Who needs knitting

when yoursquove got this precious little loom

The Loreli Loom only allows for the traditional method of bead weaving and is a dedicated bead loom This loom comes with everything you need to warp using

our no warp-ends method

Who Should Choose This Loom The Mini Mirrix Loreli Loom is made for the beader on the go Its small enough to take anywhere with you and is perfect for making beaded jewelry Its a great loom for someone who wants an extra Mirrix to take with them everywhere or

just wants a loom for small projects thats perfectly portable Weaving width of 2 inches and length of 20 inches

Learn more about the 5rdquo Mini Mirrix here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore5-mini-mirrix-loreli-loom

4

8rdquo Lani Loom

Named after my beautiful daughter Elena who insisted that we finally make a smaller loom for bead weavers the eight inch wide Lani Loom is designed to accommodate the needs of bead weavers who want a small simple but entirely functional bead loom and who plan to employ the traditional method of bead weaving (For

those of you who want to weave with a shedding device the Lani is now available with one) The weaving width is 5 and the length is 26 One leg folds out to stand the loom upright Although simple this four pound loom is as sturdy and carefully designed as all our

other looms Its just a little smaller a little simpler for a pared down price This loom has a lot of flexibility and works as well for bracelets necklaces purses straps pouches cellphone cases and

beaded tapestries It sits sturdily on a table but you can also securely hold it in your lap or even lay it down flat on a table

Accessories and additional coils are available for this loom If you want to own just one Mirrix Loom for traditional beadwork this

could very well be just the loom for you

Who Should Choose This Loom The Lani Loom is our second-smallest loom It was originally made

as a dedicated bead loom but add the extra shedding device and weave small tapestries or one of our favorite projects the TapestryBead Cuff Bracelet If youre looking for a compact loom thats also

strong and and functional with perfect tension this loom is for you Weave necklaces bracelets small beaded or woven tapestries or a

variety of other small pieces This loom is a great first loom especially for someone who loves to make beaded jewelry The 8

Loom is perfect for the no warp-ends kit which allows you to weave a piece without having any ends to finish It also allows you to

weave with wire

Learn more about the 8rdquo Lani Loom

Without the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore8-lani-loom-without-shedding-device

With the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore8-lani-loom

5

12rdquo Little Guy Loom

The smallest of our looms designed to accommodate both tapestry and bead weaving The Little Guy is so cute so portable and fits perfectly on a lap when he

isnrsquot standing on a table with his two fold out legs Weighing in at a featherweight 5 pounds this 12 inch wide loom is a workshop goerrsquos dream Weave a fiber or bead

tapestry up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches highThe Little Guy loom is the smallest loom we make that accommodates both bead

and tapestry weaving Itrsquos small itrsquos sturdy itrsquos portable and it includes the shedding device and a variety of warp coils Weave a small format tapestry on it or a

bracelet Anything is possible with the only restriction being size When deciding between this loom as the Big Sister your only consideration should be what is the largest piece I will want to weave on this loom Keep in mind that you can weave

two thinner pieces on this loom What fun is that watching two pieces progress at the same time without the frustration of wanting to get that old

piece off the loom so you can start on your next ideaA bunch of our accessories are available for this loom including the loom extenders which will give you enough height to turn this into a belt loom or for trying your hand at inkle weaving Our smallest tapestrybead loom

opens up so many possibilities for someone who wants to explore both bead weaving using the shedding device (or not You do not have to use

the shedding device with this loom even though it is part of the loom package) andor tapestry weaving It is also the most portable tapestry loom available in this world It stands at a table or works just perfectly

lying in your lap We kind of think of it as our iPad loom Put down your knitting a try something new

Who Should Choose This Loom The 12 Little Guy Loom is a perfect lap loom Its small enough to throw in a bag but large enough to weave a piece up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches

high This loom is great for both tapestry and bead weavers and is a wonderful starter loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our

handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 12rdquo Little Guy Loom

Without the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-without-shedding-device

With the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-with-shedding-device

6

16rdquo Big Sister Loom

At 16 inches wide and weighing in at 6 pounds the Big Sister is both bigger than her little brother and has been around longer She was the first loom we

designed Bigger does not always mean a lot more expensive A tapestry or bead weaving 13 inches wide and 36 inches high can be woven on this elegant

compact loom Another great workshop or travel loom the Big Sister stands firmly on a table This is our most popular loom both for tapestry and bead

weavers or those who do combined techniquesThe Big Sister is simply a more grown up version of the Little Guy Shersquos got that wonderful shedding device Shersquos great for both bead weaving and tapestry The

loom extenders work for her too And shersquos pretty darn portable She lsquos too grown up to fit as nicely in your lap as the

Little Guy But she is one powerful piece of equipment Itrsquos no wonder she is hands down our most popular loom and

only a little bit more expensive than her little brother Make your choice between the two based just on size because that is the only difference between them Just like the Little Guy

we sell a bunch of accessories for the Big Sister

Who Should Choose This Loom The 16 Big Sister Loom is our best-selling loom Its a great size for both bead and tapestry weaving and is small enough to store almost anywhere It fits perfectly on a table or even

on a lap and can easily be taken with youTry weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that

you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 16rdquo Big Sister Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore16-big-sister-loom-with-shedding-device

7

22rdquo Zach Loom

Our third dedicated tapestry and bead loom is the perfect size for the weaver who wants that extra size to weave substantial pieces but doesnrsquot necessarily

want to take herhis loom to the beach Great for workshops because at 11 pounds and 22 inches wide itrsquos still a really portable loom But also a great

addition to your weaving studio Weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this well proportioned loom

If I were to own just one Mirrix Loom and wasnt concerned about true portability (its portable easy to take to a workshop and even fits in most

checked luggage) stuff in a bag and go portability the Zach Loom might be the one Mirrix Loom I would buy Thank goodness I dont have to make that

decision What I love about this Mirrix its large enough to weave a substantial although not enormous tapestry It has great proportions and is still very

lightweight and easy to move around (well they all are really) Its also great for weaving beads especially if you are leaning toward beaded tapestries purses

cellphone cases But it even works for bracelets and necklaces It would be great for weaving a split loom necklace for example If you are planning to own two

looms this would be a great companion to one of the smaller looms All the accessories except for the loom extenders (which would make the loom slightly

unstable) are available for the Zach Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 22 Zach Loom is great for both bead and tapestry weaving Its big enough to make a fairly substantial project but small enough that its very portable and storable and fits well on a table This is Mirrix President Claudia Chases favorite loom size You can weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this loom

Try weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loomRemember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms

Learn more about the 22rdquo Zach Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore22-zach-loom

8

28rdquo McKinley Loom

When our customers make a suggestion we listen And how could we not listen to McKinley who said we needed a 28 inch loom to fit in between the 22 and 32 looms He said it would be perfect for weaving table runners We think its

perfect for weaving anything Named after Mckinley one of our all-time favorite customers (not that we choose favorites) this loom is sure to bring you the kind

of joy McKinley has brought us On this 28 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches long

Who Should Choose This Loom The 28 McKinley Loom is the perfect loom for weaving belts table runners or

anything long Its the same height as the 32 Joni Loom but is just a few inches thinner With this loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches

long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more

often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 28rdquo McKinley Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore28-mckinley-loom

9

32rdquo Joni Loom

Pure tapestry or large scale bead weaving bliss The Joni Loom is the loom for those of you who like to think big but donrsquot want your loom to take over your

room Joni weighs 14 pounds as is 32 inches wide You can weave a piece on her 29 inches wide and 44 inches tall Thatrsquos a lot of space for creating your dreams Pair her up with the stand and treadle and yoursquove got yourself a fabulous floor loom at a fraction of cost and taking up a fraction of the space Shersquos great with

or without these additions Shersquos stronger than our other looms sporting a double top and bottom beam to make sure she can accommodate the kind of

tension tapestry weavers demandThe Joni Loom sends you into a whole new territory Shes the loom you buy

when are moving up in size and are dying to create a tapestry or a bead weaving of a size normally only possible of large floor looms I found that my large floor looms which took over my entire studio (until I got rid of them so I could crowd

my studio with a whole fleet or Mirrix Looms) could never accommodate a tapestry even close to their width because the tension would get uneven or

loose Not so with the Joni Loom Warp her up from edge to edge and create a piece as large as 29 inches wide and 40 inches tall That is a pretty darn big weaving And yes bead weavers use this loom too Quite a few bead weavers

create large bead weavings on the Joni Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 32 Joni Loom is the perfect loom for the serious tapestry weaver who doesnt quite need the width of the 38 Loom Zeus Loom Double top and

bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs The weaving width is 29 inches and the weaving height is 44

inches Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are

more often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 32rdquo Joni Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore32-joni-loom

10

38rdquo Zeus Loom

This is as big as a portable Mirrix Loom gets Inspired by a customer who wanted a big enough loom to weave a standard Navajo size rug we designed this loom for those of you who think big

Engineered just like the 32 inch loom the 38 inch loom will satisfy those of you who really wanted a floor loom but could not justify the expense or give up all that space to house it On

this 38 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 35 inches wide and 46 inches longThe Zeus Loom comes with a great story He exists because a customer who had been weaving on a traditional Navajo loom called me up to ask if we had a loom that could accommodate a

weaving 35 inches wide and 40 inches tall I said no because at the time the Joni Loom was our largest loom She wanted to transfer her piece off the Navajo loom and onto a Mirrix It was just crazy enough that I wanted to be part of this I told her I would have manufacturing make two

38 inch wide looms and I would have one sent to her and one sent to me If we both thought the loom was viable she would be obligated to buy it We then figured out a way for her to transfer her weaving onto the Mirrix She received the loom she loved the loom and she transferred her weaving onto it and finished it without a hitch That was one happy customer Since then many

customers have enjoyed the size of this loom that has the consideration to produce large tapestries while not taking over your studio

Who Should Choose This Loom The 38 Zeus Loom is designed for those people who want to weave the largest tapestry you can weave on a Mirrix Loom Combine it with the Mirrix Treadle and Mirrix Stand and youve got a floor loom without the cost or footprint of one Not only is it great for large-scale tapestries but

its wonderful for weaving small area rugs Double top and bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs You can weave a piece 35 inches

wide and 46 inches long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more often used for

tapestry

Learn more about the 38rdquo Zeus Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore38-zeus-loom

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 5: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

4

8rdquo Lani Loom

Named after my beautiful daughter Elena who insisted that we finally make a smaller loom for bead weavers the eight inch wide Lani Loom is designed to accommodate the needs of bead weavers who want a small simple but entirely functional bead loom and who plan to employ the traditional method of bead weaving (For

those of you who want to weave with a shedding device the Lani is now available with one) The weaving width is 5 and the length is 26 One leg folds out to stand the loom upright Although simple this four pound loom is as sturdy and carefully designed as all our

other looms Its just a little smaller a little simpler for a pared down price This loom has a lot of flexibility and works as well for bracelets necklaces purses straps pouches cellphone cases and

beaded tapestries It sits sturdily on a table but you can also securely hold it in your lap or even lay it down flat on a table

Accessories and additional coils are available for this loom If you want to own just one Mirrix Loom for traditional beadwork this

could very well be just the loom for you

Who Should Choose This Loom The Lani Loom is our second-smallest loom It was originally made

as a dedicated bead loom but add the extra shedding device and weave small tapestries or one of our favorite projects the TapestryBead Cuff Bracelet If youre looking for a compact loom thats also

strong and and functional with perfect tension this loom is for you Weave necklaces bracelets small beaded or woven tapestries or a

variety of other small pieces This loom is a great first loom especially for someone who loves to make beaded jewelry The 8

Loom is perfect for the no warp-ends kit which allows you to weave a piece without having any ends to finish It also allows you to

weave with wire

Learn more about the 8rdquo Lani Loom

Without the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore8-lani-loom-without-shedding-device

With the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore8-lani-loom

5

12rdquo Little Guy Loom

The smallest of our looms designed to accommodate both tapestry and bead weaving The Little Guy is so cute so portable and fits perfectly on a lap when he

isnrsquot standing on a table with his two fold out legs Weighing in at a featherweight 5 pounds this 12 inch wide loom is a workshop goerrsquos dream Weave a fiber or bead

tapestry up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches highThe Little Guy loom is the smallest loom we make that accommodates both bead

and tapestry weaving Itrsquos small itrsquos sturdy itrsquos portable and it includes the shedding device and a variety of warp coils Weave a small format tapestry on it or a

bracelet Anything is possible with the only restriction being size When deciding between this loom as the Big Sister your only consideration should be what is the largest piece I will want to weave on this loom Keep in mind that you can weave

two thinner pieces on this loom What fun is that watching two pieces progress at the same time without the frustration of wanting to get that old

piece off the loom so you can start on your next ideaA bunch of our accessories are available for this loom including the loom extenders which will give you enough height to turn this into a belt loom or for trying your hand at inkle weaving Our smallest tapestrybead loom

opens up so many possibilities for someone who wants to explore both bead weaving using the shedding device (or not You do not have to use

the shedding device with this loom even though it is part of the loom package) andor tapestry weaving It is also the most portable tapestry loom available in this world It stands at a table or works just perfectly

lying in your lap We kind of think of it as our iPad loom Put down your knitting a try something new

Who Should Choose This Loom The 12 Little Guy Loom is a perfect lap loom Its small enough to throw in a bag but large enough to weave a piece up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches

high This loom is great for both tapestry and bead weavers and is a wonderful starter loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our

handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 12rdquo Little Guy Loom

Without the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-without-shedding-device

With the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-with-shedding-device

6

16rdquo Big Sister Loom

At 16 inches wide and weighing in at 6 pounds the Big Sister is both bigger than her little brother and has been around longer She was the first loom we

designed Bigger does not always mean a lot more expensive A tapestry or bead weaving 13 inches wide and 36 inches high can be woven on this elegant

compact loom Another great workshop or travel loom the Big Sister stands firmly on a table This is our most popular loom both for tapestry and bead

weavers or those who do combined techniquesThe Big Sister is simply a more grown up version of the Little Guy Shersquos got that wonderful shedding device Shersquos great for both bead weaving and tapestry The

loom extenders work for her too And shersquos pretty darn portable She lsquos too grown up to fit as nicely in your lap as the

Little Guy But she is one powerful piece of equipment Itrsquos no wonder she is hands down our most popular loom and

only a little bit more expensive than her little brother Make your choice between the two based just on size because that is the only difference between them Just like the Little Guy

we sell a bunch of accessories for the Big Sister

Who Should Choose This Loom The 16 Big Sister Loom is our best-selling loom Its a great size for both bead and tapestry weaving and is small enough to store almost anywhere It fits perfectly on a table or even

on a lap and can easily be taken with youTry weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that

you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 16rdquo Big Sister Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore16-big-sister-loom-with-shedding-device

7

22rdquo Zach Loom

Our third dedicated tapestry and bead loom is the perfect size for the weaver who wants that extra size to weave substantial pieces but doesnrsquot necessarily

want to take herhis loom to the beach Great for workshops because at 11 pounds and 22 inches wide itrsquos still a really portable loom But also a great

addition to your weaving studio Weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this well proportioned loom

If I were to own just one Mirrix Loom and wasnt concerned about true portability (its portable easy to take to a workshop and even fits in most

checked luggage) stuff in a bag and go portability the Zach Loom might be the one Mirrix Loom I would buy Thank goodness I dont have to make that

decision What I love about this Mirrix its large enough to weave a substantial although not enormous tapestry It has great proportions and is still very

lightweight and easy to move around (well they all are really) Its also great for weaving beads especially if you are leaning toward beaded tapestries purses

cellphone cases But it even works for bracelets and necklaces It would be great for weaving a split loom necklace for example If you are planning to own two

looms this would be a great companion to one of the smaller looms All the accessories except for the loom extenders (which would make the loom slightly

unstable) are available for the Zach Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 22 Zach Loom is great for both bead and tapestry weaving Its big enough to make a fairly substantial project but small enough that its very portable and storable and fits well on a table This is Mirrix President Claudia Chases favorite loom size You can weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this loom

Try weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loomRemember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms

Learn more about the 22rdquo Zach Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore22-zach-loom

8

28rdquo McKinley Loom

When our customers make a suggestion we listen And how could we not listen to McKinley who said we needed a 28 inch loom to fit in between the 22 and 32 looms He said it would be perfect for weaving table runners We think its

perfect for weaving anything Named after Mckinley one of our all-time favorite customers (not that we choose favorites) this loom is sure to bring you the kind

of joy McKinley has brought us On this 28 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches long

Who Should Choose This Loom The 28 McKinley Loom is the perfect loom for weaving belts table runners or

anything long Its the same height as the 32 Joni Loom but is just a few inches thinner With this loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches

long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more

often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 28rdquo McKinley Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore28-mckinley-loom

9

32rdquo Joni Loom

Pure tapestry or large scale bead weaving bliss The Joni Loom is the loom for those of you who like to think big but donrsquot want your loom to take over your

room Joni weighs 14 pounds as is 32 inches wide You can weave a piece on her 29 inches wide and 44 inches tall Thatrsquos a lot of space for creating your dreams Pair her up with the stand and treadle and yoursquove got yourself a fabulous floor loom at a fraction of cost and taking up a fraction of the space Shersquos great with

or without these additions Shersquos stronger than our other looms sporting a double top and bottom beam to make sure she can accommodate the kind of

tension tapestry weavers demandThe Joni Loom sends you into a whole new territory Shes the loom you buy

when are moving up in size and are dying to create a tapestry or a bead weaving of a size normally only possible of large floor looms I found that my large floor looms which took over my entire studio (until I got rid of them so I could crowd

my studio with a whole fleet or Mirrix Looms) could never accommodate a tapestry even close to their width because the tension would get uneven or

loose Not so with the Joni Loom Warp her up from edge to edge and create a piece as large as 29 inches wide and 40 inches tall That is a pretty darn big weaving And yes bead weavers use this loom too Quite a few bead weavers

create large bead weavings on the Joni Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 32 Joni Loom is the perfect loom for the serious tapestry weaver who doesnt quite need the width of the 38 Loom Zeus Loom Double top and

bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs The weaving width is 29 inches and the weaving height is 44

inches Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are

more often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 32rdquo Joni Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore32-joni-loom

10

38rdquo Zeus Loom

This is as big as a portable Mirrix Loom gets Inspired by a customer who wanted a big enough loom to weave a standard Navajo size rug we designed this loom for those of you who think big

Engineered just like the 32 inch loom the 38 inch loom will satisfy those of you who really wanted a floor loom but could not justify the expense or give up all that space to house it On

this 38 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 35 inches wide and 46 inches longThe Zeus Loom comes with a great story He exists because a customer who had been weaving on a traditional Navajo loom called me up to ask if we had a loom that could accommodate a

weaving 35 inches wide and 40 inches tall I said no because at the time the Joni Loom was our largest loom She wanted to transfer her piece off the Navajo loom and onto a Mirrix It was just crazy enough that I wanted to be part of this I told her I would have manufacturing make two

38 inch wide looms and I would have one sent to her and one sent to me If we both thought the loom was viable she would be obligated to buy it We then figured out a way for her to transfer her weaving onto the Mirrix She received the loom she loved the loom and she transferred her weaving onto it and finished it without a hitch That was one happy customer Since then many

customers have enjoyed the size of this loom that has the consideration to produce large tapestries while not taking over your studio

Who Should Choose This Loom The 38 Zeus Loom is designed for those people who want to weave the largest tapestry you can weave on a Mirrix Loom Combine it with the Mirrix Treadle and Mirrix Stand and youve got a floor loom without the cost or footprint of one Not only is it great for large-scale tapestries but

its wonderful for weaving small area rugs Double top and bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs You can weave a piece 35 inches

wide and 46 inches long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more often used for

tapestry

Learn more about the 38rdquo Zeus Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore38-zeus-loom

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 6: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

5

12rdquo Little Guy Loom

The smallest of our looms designed to accommodate both tapestry and bead weaving The Little Guy is so cute so portable and fits perfectly on a lap when he

isnrsquot standing on a table with his two fold out legs Weighing in at a featherweight 5 pounds this 12 inch wide loom is a workshop goerrsquos dream Weave a fiber or bead

tapestry up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches highThe Little Guy loom is the smallest loom we make that accommodates both bead

and tapestry weaving Itrsquos small itrsquos sturdy itrsquos portable and it includes the shedding device and a variety of warp coils Weave a small format tapestry on it or a

bracelet Anything is possible with the only restriction being size When deciding between this loom as the Big Sister your only consideration should be what is the largest piece I will want to weave on this loom Keep in mind that you can weave

two thinner pieces on this loom What fun is that watching two pieces progress at the same time without the frustration of wanting to get that old

piece off the loom so you can start on your next ideaA bunch of our accessories are available for this loom including the loom extenders which will give you enough height to turn this into a belt loom or for trying your hand at inkle weaving Our smallest tapestrybead loom

opens up so many possibilities for someone who wants to explore both bead weaving using the shedding device (or not You do not have to use

the shedding device with this loom even though it is part of the loom package) andor tapestry weaving It is also the most portable tapestry loom available in this world It stands at a table or works just perfectly

lying in your lap We kind of think of it as our iPad loom Put down your knitting a try something new

Who Should Choose This Loom The 12 Little Guy Loom is a perfect lap loom Its small enough to throw in a bag but large enough to weave a piece up to 9 inches wide and 22 inches

high This loom is great for both tapestry and bead weavers and is a wonderful starter loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our

handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 12rdquo Little Guy Loom

Without the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-without-shedding-device

With the shedding device httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore12-little-guy-loom-with-shedding-device

6

16rdquo Big Sister Loom

At 16 inches wide and weighing in at 6 pounds the Big Sister is both bigger than her little brother and has been around longer She was the first loom we

designed Bigger does not always mean a lot more expensive A tapestry or bead weaving 13 inches wide and 36 inches high can be woven on this elegant

compact loom Another great workshop or travel loom the Big Sister stands firmly on a table This is our most popular loom both for tapestry and bead

weavers or those who do combined techniquesThe Big Sister is simply a more grown up version of the Little Guy Shersquos got that wonderful shedding device Shersquos great for both bead weaving and tapestry The

loom extenders work for her too And shersquos pretty darn portable She lsquos too grown up to fit as nicely in your lap as the

Little Guy But she is one powerful piece of equipment Itrsquos no wonder she is hands down our most popular loom and

only a little bit more expensive than her little brother Make your choice between the two based just on size because that is the only difference between them Just like the Little Guy

we sell a bunch of accessories for the Big Sister

Who Should Choose This Loom The 16 Big Sister Loom is our best-selling loom Its a great size for both bead and tapestry weaving and is small enough to store almost anywhere It fits perfectly on a table or even

on a lap and can easily be taken with youTry weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that

you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 16rdquo Big Sister Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore16-big-sister-loom-with-shedding-device

7

22rdquo Zach Loom

Our third dedicated tapestry and bead loom is the perfect size for the weaver who wants that extra size to weave substantial pieces but doesnrsquot necessarily

want to take herhis loom to the beach Great for workshops because at 11 pounds and 22 inches wide itrsquos still a really portable loom But also a great

addition to your weaving studio Weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this well proportioned loom

If I were to own just one Mirrix Loom and wasnt concerned about true portability (its portable easy to take to a workshop and even fits in most

checked luggage) stuff in a bag and go portability the Zach Loom might be the one Mirrix Loom I would buy Thank goodness I dont have to make that

decision What I love about this Mirrix its large enough to weave a substantial although not enormous tapestry It has great proportions and is still very

lightweight and easy to move around (well they all are really) Its also great for weaving beads especially if you are leaning toward beaded tapestries purses

cellphone cases But it even works for bracelets and necklaces It would be great for weaving a split loom necklace for example If you are planning to own two

looms this would be a great companion to one of the smaller looms All the accessories except for the loom extenders (which would make the loom slightly

unstable) are available for the Zach Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 22 Zach Loom is great for both bead and tapestry weaving Its big enough to make a fairly substantial project but small enough that its very portable and storable and fits well on a table This is Mirrix President Claudia Chases favorite loom size You can weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this loom

Try weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loomRemember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms

Learn more about the 22rdquo Zach Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore22-zach-loom

8

28rdquo McKinley Loom

When our customers make a suggestion we listen And how could we not listen to McKinley who said we needed a 28 inch loom to fit in between the 22 and 32 looms He said it would be perfect for weaving table runners We think its

perfect for weaving anything Named after Mckinley one of our all-time favorite customers (not that we choose favorites) this loom is sure to bring you the kind

of joy McKinley has brought us On this 28 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches long

Who Should Choose This Loom The 28 McKinley Loom is the perfect loom for weaving belts table runners or

anything long Its the same height as the 32 Joni Loom but is just a few inches thinner With this loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches

long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more

often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 28rdquo McKinley Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore28-mckinley-loom

9

32rdquo Joni Loom

Pure tapestry or large scale bead weaving bliss The Joni Loom is the loom for those of you who like to think big but donrsquot want your loom to take over your

room Joni weighs 14 pounds as is 32 inches wide You can weave a piece on her 29 inches wide and 44 inches tall Thatrsquos a lot of space for creating your dreams Pair her up with the stand and treadle and yoursquove got yourself a fabulous floor loom at a fraction of cost and taking up a fraction of the space Shersquos great with

or without these additions Shersquos stronger than our other looms sporting a double top and bottom beam to make sure she can accommodate the kind of

tension tapestry weavers demandThe Joni Loom sends you into a whole new territory Shes the loom you buy

when are moving up in size and are dying to create a tapestry or a bead weaving of a size normally only possible of large floor looms I found that my large floor looms which took over my entire studio (until I got rid of them so I could crowd

my studio with a whole fleet or Mirrix Looms) could never accommodate a tapestry even close to their width because the tension would get uneven or

loose Not so with the Joni Loom Warp her up from edge to edge and create a piece as large as 29 inches wide and 40 inches tall That is a pretty darn big weaving And yes bead weavers use this loom too Quite a few bead weavers

create large bead weavings on the Joni Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 32 Joni Loom is the perfect loom for the serious tapestry weaver who doesnt quite need the width of the 38 Loom Zeus Loom Double top and

bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs The weaving width is 29 inches and the weaving height is 44

inches Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are

more often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 32rdquo Joni Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore32-joni-loom

10

38rdquo Zeus Loom

This is as big as a portable Mirrix Loom gets Inspired by a customer who wanted a big enough loom to weave a standard Navajo size rug we designed this loom for those of you who think big

Engineered just like the 32 inch loom the 38 inch loom will satisfy those of you who really wanted a floor loom but could not justify the expense or give up all that space to house it On

this 38 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 35 inches wide and 46 inches longThe Zeus Loom comes with a great story He exists because a customer who had been weaving on a traditional Navajo loom called me up to ask if we had a loom that could accommodate a

weaving 35 inches wide and 40 inches tall I said no because at the time the Joni Loom was our largest loom She wanted to transfer her piece off the Navajo loom and onto a Mirrix It was just crazy enough that I wanted to be part of this I told her I would have manufacturing make two

38 inch wide looms and I would have one sent to her and one sent to me If we both thought the loom was viable she would be obligated to buy it We then figured out a way for her to transfer her weaving onto the Mirrix She received the loom she loved the loom and she transferred her weaving onto it and finished it without a hitch That was one happy customer Since then many

customers have enjoyed the size of this loom that has the consideration to produce large tapestries while not taking over your studio

Who Should Choose This Loom The 38 Zeus Loom is designed for those people who want to weave the largest tapestry you can weave on a Mirrix Loom Combine it with the Mirrix Treadle and Mirrix Stand and youve got a floor loom without the cost or footprint of one Not only is it great for large-scale tapestries but

its wonderful for weaving small area rugs Double top and bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs You can weave a piece 35 inches

wide and 46 inches long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more often used for

tapestry

Learn more about the 38rdquo Zeus Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore38-zeus-loom

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 7: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

6

16rdquo Big Sister Loom

At 16 inches wide and weighing in at 6 pounds the Big Sister is both bigger than her little brother and has been around longer She was the first loom we

designed Bigger does not always mean a lot more expensive A tapestry or bead weaving 13 inches wide and 36 inches high can be woven on this elegant

compact loom Another great workshop or travel loom the Big Sister stands firmly on a table This is our most popular loom both for tapestry and bead

weavers or those who do combined techniquesThe Big Sister is simply a more grown up version of the Little Guy Shersquos got that wonderful shedding device Shersquos great for both bead weaving and tapestry The

loom extenders work for her too And shersquos pretty darn portable She lsquos too grown up to fit as nicely in your lap as the

Little Guy But she is one powerful piece of equipment Itrsquos no wonder she is hands down our most popular loom and

only a little bit more expensive than her little brother Make your choice between the two based just on size because that is the only difference between them Just like the Little Guy

we sell a bunch of accessories for the Big Sister

Who Should Choose This Loom The 16 Big Sister Loom is our best-selling loom Its a great size for both bead and tapestry weaving and is small enough to store almost anywhere It fits perfectly on a table or even

on a lap and can easily be taken with youTry weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loom If you are interested in this loom but are worried that

you want to weave something a little longer consider purchasing our handy loom extenders

Learn more about the 16rdquo Big Sister Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore16-big-sister-loom-with-shedding-device

7

22rdquo Zach Loom

Our third dedicated tapestry and bead loom is the perfect size for the weaver who wants that extra size to weave substantial pieces but doesnrsquot necessarily

want to take herhis loom to the beach Great for workshops because at 11 pounds and 22 inches wide itrsquos still a really portable loom But also a great

addition to your weaving studio Weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this well proportioned loom

If I were to own just one Mirrix Loom and wasnt concerned about true portability (its portable easy to take to a workshop and even fits in most

checked luggage) stuff in a bag and go portability the Zach Loom might be the one Mirrix Loom I would buy Thank goodness I dont have to make that

decision What I love about this Mirrix its large enough to weave a substantial although not enormous tapestry It has great proportions and is still very

lightweight and easy to move around (well they all are really) Its also great for weaving beads especially if you are leaning toward beaded tapestries purses

cellphone cases But it even works for bracelets and necklaces It would be great for weaving a split loom necklace for example If you are planning to own two

looms this would be a great companion to one of the smaller looms All the accessories except for the loom extenders (which would make the loom slightly

unstable) are available for the Zach Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 22 Zach Loom is great for both bead and tapestry weaving Its big enough to make a fairly substantial project but small enough that its very portable and storable and fits well on a table This is Mirrix President Claudia Chases favorite loom size You can weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this loom

Try weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loomRemember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms

Learn more about the 22rdquo Zach Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore22-zach-loom

8

28rdquo McKinley Loom

When our customers make a suggestion we listen And how could we not listen to McKinley who said we needed a 28 inch loom to fit in between the 22 and 32 looms He said it would be perfect for weaving table runners We think its

perfect for weaving anything Named after Mckinley one of our all-time favorite customers (not that we choose favorites) this loom is sure to bring you the kind

of joy McKinley has brought us On this 28 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches long

Who Should Choose This Loom The 28 McKinley Loom is the perfect loom for weaving belts table runners or

anything long Its the same height as the 32 Joni Loom but is just a few inches thinner With this loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches

long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more

often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 28rdquo McKinley Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore28-mckinley-loom

9

32rdquo Joni Loom

Pure tapestry or large scale bead weaving bliss The Joni Loom is the loom for those of you who like to think big but donrsquot want your loom to take over your

room Joni weighs 14 pounds as is 32 inches wide You can weave a piece on her 29 inches wide and 44 inches tall Thatrsquos a lot of space for creating your dreams Pair her up with the stand and treadle and yoursquove got yourself a fabulous floor loom at a fraction of cost and taking up a fraction of the space Shersquos great with

or without these additions Shersquos stronger than our other looms sporting a double top and bottom beam to make sure she can accommodate the kind of

tension tapestry weavers demandThe Joni Loom sends you into a whole new territory Shes the loom you buy

when are moving up in size and are dying to create a tapestry or a bead weaving of a size normally only possible of large floor looms I found that my large floor looms which took over my entire studio (until I got rid of them so I could crowd

my studio with a whole fleet or Mirrix Looms) could never accommodate a tapestry even close to their width because the tension would get uneven or

loose Not so with the Joni Loom Warp her up from edge to edge and create a piece as large as 29 inches wide and 40 inches tall That is a pretty darn big weaving And yes bead weavers use this loom too Quite a few bead weavers

create large bead weavings on the Joni Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 32 Joni Loom is the perfect loom for the serious tapestry weaver who doesnt quite need the width of the 38 Loom Zeus Loom Double top and

bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs The weaving width is 29 inches and the weaving height is 44

inches Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are

more often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 32rdquo Joni Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore32-joni-loom

10

38rdquo Zeus Loom

This is as big as a portable Mirrix Loom gets Inspired by a customer who wanted a big enough loom to weave a standard Navajo size rug we designed this loom for those of you who think big

Engineered just like the 32 inch loom the 38 inch loom will satisfy those of you who really wanted a floor loom but could not justify the expense or give up all that space to house it On

this 38 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 35 inches wide and 46 inches longThe Zeus Loom comes with a great story He exists because a customer who had been weaving on a traditional Navajo loom called me up to ask if we had a loom that could accommodate a

weaving 35 inches wide and 40 inches tall I said no because at the time the Joni Loom was our largest loom She wanted to transfer her piece off the Navajo loom and onto a Mirrix It was just crazy enough that I wanted to be part of this I told her I would have manufacturing make two

38 inch wide looms and I would have one sent to her and one sent to me If we both thought the loom was viable she would be obligated to buy it We then figured out a way for her to transfer her weaving onto the Mirrix She received the loom she loved the loom and she transferred her weaving onto it and finished it without a hitch That was one happy customer Since then many

customers have enjoyed the size of this loom that has the consideration to produce large tapestries while not taking over your studio

Who Should Choose This Loom The 38 Zeus Loom is designed for those people who want to weave the largest tapestry you can weave on a Mirrix Loom Combine it with the Mirrix Treadle and Mirrix Stand and youve got a floor loom without the cost or footprint of one Not only is it great for large-scale tapestries but

its wonderful for weaving small area rugs Double top and bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs You can weave a piece 35 inches

wide and 46 inches long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more often used for

tapestry

Learn more about the 38rdquo Zeus Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore38-zeus-loom

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 8: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

7

22rdquo Zach Loom

Our third dedicated tapestry and bead loom is the perfect size for the weaver who wants that extra size to weave substantial pieces but doesnrsquot necessarily

want to take herhis loom to the beach Great for workshops because at 11 pounds and 22 inches wide itrsquos still a really portable loom But also a great

addition to your weaving studio Weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this well proportioned loom

If I were to own just one Mirrix Loom and wasnt concerned about true portability (its portable easy to take to a workshop and even fits in most

checked luggage) stuff in a bag and go portability the Zach Loom might be the one Mirrix Loom I would buy Thank goodness I dont have to make that

decision What I love about this Mirrix its large enough to weave a substantial although not enormous tapestry It has great proportions and is still very

lightweight and easy to move around (well they all are really) Its also great for weaving beads especially if you are leaning toward beaded tapestries purses

cellphone cases But it even works for bracelets and necklaces It would be great for weaving a split loom necklace for example If you are planning to own two

looms this would be a great companion to one of the smaller looms All the accessories except for the loom extenders (which would make the loom slightly

unstable) are available for the Zach Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 22 Zach Loom is great for both bead and tapestry weaving Its big enough to make a fairly substantial project but small enough that its very portable and storable and fits well on a table This is Mirrix President Claudia Chases favorite loom size You can weave a piece 19 inches wide and 40 inches tall on this loom

Try weaving our woven purse kit or beaded purse kit on this loomRemember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms

Learn more about the 22rdquo Zach Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore22-zach-loom

8

28rdquo McKinley Loom

When our customers make a suggestion we listen And how could we not listen to McKinley who said we needed a 28 inch loom to fit in between the 22 and 32 looms He said it would be perfect for weaving table runners We think its

perfect for weaving anything Named after Mckinley one of our all-time favorite customers (not that we choose favorites) this loom is sure to bring you the kind

of joy McKinley has brought us On this 28 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches long

Who Should Choose This Loom The 28 McKinley Loom is the perfect loom for weaving belts table runners or

anything long Its the same height as the 32 Joni Loom but is just a few inches thinner With this loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches

long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more

often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 28rdquo McKinley Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore28-mckinley-loom

9

32rdquo Joni Loom

Pure tapestry or large scale bead weaving bliss The Joni Loom is the loom for those of you who like to think big but donrsquot want your loom to take over your

room Joni weighs 14 pounds as is 32 inches wide You can weave a piece on her 29 inches wide and 44 inches tall Thatrsquos a lot of space for creating your dreams Pair her up with the stand and treadle and yoursquove got yourself a fabulous floor loom at a fraction of cost and taking up a fraction of the space Shersquos great with

or without these additions Shersquos stronger than our other looms sporting a double top and bottom beam to make sure she can accommodate the kind of

tension tapestry weavers demandThe Joni Loom sends you into a whole new territory Shes the loom you buy

when are moving up in size and are dying to create a tapestry or a bead weaving of a size normally only possible of large floor looms I found that my large floor looms which took over my entire studio (until I got rid of them so I could crowd

my studio with a whole fleet or Mirrix Looms) could never accommodate a tapestry even close to their width because the tension would get uneven or

loose Not so with the Joni Loom Warp her up from edge to edge and create a piece as large as 29 inches wide and 40 inches tall That is a pretty darn big weaving And yes bead weavers use this loom too Quite a few bead weavers

create large bead weavings on the Joni Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 32 Joni Loom is the perfect loom for the serious tapestry weaver who doesnt quite need the width of the 38 Loom Zeus Loom Double top and

bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs The weaving width is 29 inches and the weaving height is 44

inches Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are

more often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 32rdquo Joni Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore32-joni-loom

10

38rdquo Zeus Loom

This is as big as a portable Mirrix Loom gets Inspired by a customer who wanted a big enough loom to weave a standard Navajo size rug we designed this loom for those of you who think big

Engineered just like the 32 inch loom the 38 inch loom will satisfy those of you who really wanted a floor loom but could not justify the expense or give up all that space to house it On

this 38 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 35 inches wide and 46 inches longThe Zeus Loom comes with a great story He exists because a customer who had been weaving on a traditional Navajo loom called me up to ask if we had a loom that could accommodate a

weaving 35 inches wide and 40 inches tall I said no because at the time the Joni Loom was our largest loom She wanted to transfer her piece off the Navajo loom and onto a Mirrix It was just crazy enough that I wanted to be part of this I told her I would have manufacturing make two

38 inch wide looms and I would have one sent to her and one sent to me If we both thought the loom was viable she would be obligated to buy it We then figured out a way for her to transfer her weaving onto the Mirrix She received the loom she loved the loom and she transferred her weaving onto it and finished it without a hitch That was one happy customer Since then many

customers have enjoyed the size of this loom that has the consideration to produce large tapestries while not taking over your studio

Who Should Choose This Loom The 38 Zeus Loom is designed for those people who want to weave the largest tapestry you can weave on a Mirrix Loom Combine it with the Mirrix Treadle and Mirrix Stand and youve got a floor loom without the cost or footprint of one Not only is it great for large-scale tapestries but

its wonderful for weaving small area rugs Double top and bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs You can weave a piece 35 inches

wide and 46 inches long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more often used for

tapestry

Learn more about the 38rdquo Zeus Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore38-zeus-loom

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 9: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

8

28rdquo McKinley Loom

When our customers make a suggestion we listen And how could we not listen to McKinley who said we needed a 28 inch loom to fit in between the 22 and 32 looms He said it would be perfect for weaving table runners We think its

perfect for weaving anything Named after Mckinley one of our all-time favorite customers (not that we choose favorites) this loom is sure to bring you the kind

of joy McKinley has brought us On this 28 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches long

Who Should Choose This Loom The 28 McKinley Loom is the perfect loom for weaving belts table runners or

anything long Its the same height as the 32 Joni Loom but is just a few inches thinner With this loom you can weave a piece 25 inches wide and 44 inches

long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more

often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 28rdquo McKinley Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore28-mckinley-loom

9

32rdquo Joni Loom

Pure tapestry or large scale bead weaving bliss The Joni Loom is the loom for those of you who like to think big but donrsquot want your loom to take over your

room Joni weighs 14 pounds as is 32 inches wide You can weave a piece on her 29 inches wide and 44 inches tall Thatrsquos a lot of space for creating your dreams Pair her up with the stand and treadle and yoursquove got yourself a fabulous floor loom at a fraction of cost and taking up a fraction of the space Shersquos great with

or without these additions Shersquos stronger than our other looms sporting a double top and bottom beam to make sure she can accommodate the kind of

tension tapestry weavers demandThe Joni Loom sends you into a whole new territory Shes the loom you buy

when are moving up in size and are dying to create a tapestry or a bead weaving of a size normally only possible of large floor looms I found that my large floor looms which took over my entire studio (until I got rid of them so I could crowd

my studio with a whole fleet or Mirrix Looms) could never accommodate a tapestry even close to their width because the tension would get uneven or

loose Not so with the Joni Loom Warp her up from edge to edge and create a piece as large as 29 inches wide and 40 inches tall That is a pretty darn big weaving And yes bead weavers use this loom too Quite a few bead weavers

create large bead weavings on the Joni Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 32 Joni Loom is the perfect loom for the serious tapestry weaver who doesnt quite need the width of the 38 Loom Zeus Loom Double top and

bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs The weaving width is 29 inches and the weaving height is 44

inches Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are

more often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 32rdquo Joni Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore32-joni-loom

10

38rdquo Zeus Loom

This is as big as a portable Mirrix Loom gets Inspired by a customer who wanted a big enough loom to weave a standard Navajo size rug we designed this loom for those of you who think big

Engineered just like the 32 inch loom the 38 inch loom will satisfy those of you who really wanted a floor loom but could not justify the expense or give up all that space to house it On

this 38 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 35 inches wide and 46 inches longThe Zeus Loom comes with a great story He exists because a customer who had been weaving on a traditional Navajo loom called me up to ask if we had a loom that could accommodate a

weaving 35 inches wide and 40 inches tall I said no because at the time the Joni Loom was our largest loom She wanted to transfer her piece off the Navajo loom and onto a Mirrix It was just crazy enough that I wanted to be part of this I told her I would have manufacturing make two

38 inch wide looms and I would have one sent to her and one sent to me If we both thought the loom was viable she would be obligated to buy it We then figured out a way for her to transfer her weaving onto the Mirrix She received the loom she loved the loom and she transferred her weaving onto it and finished it without a hitch That was one happy customer Since then many

customers have enjoyed the size of this loom that has the consideration to produce large tapestries while not taking over your studio

Who Should Choose This Loom The 38 Zeus Loom is designed for those people who want to weave the largest tapestry you can weave on a Mirrix Loom Combine it with the Mirrix Treadle and Mirrix Stand and youve got a floor loom without the cost or footprint of one Not only is it great for large-scale tapestries but

its wonderful for weaving small area rugs Double top and bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs You can weave a piece 35 inches

wide and 46 inches long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more often used for

tapestry

Learn more about the 38rdquo Zeus Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore38-zeus-loom

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 10: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

9

32rdquo Joni Loom

Pure tapestry or large scale bead weaving bliss The Joni Loom is the loom for those of you who like to think big but donrsquot want your loom to take over your

room Joni weighs 14 pounds as is 32 inches wide You can weave a piece on her 29 inches wide and 44 inches tall Thatrsquos a lot of space for creating your dreams Pair her up with the stand and treadle and yoursquove got yourself a fabulous floor loom at a fraction of cost and taking up a fraction of the space Shersquos great with

or without these additions Shersquos stronger than our other looms sporting a double top and bottom beam to make sure she can accommodate the kind of

tension tapestry weavers demandThe Joni Loom sends you into a whole new territory Shes the loom you buy

when are moving up in size and are dying to create a tapestry or a bead weaving of a size normally only possible of large floor looms I found that my large floor looms which took over my entire studio (until I got rid of them so I could crowd

my studio with a whole fleet or Mirrix Looms) could never accommodate a tapestry even close to their width because the tension would get uneven or

loose Not so with the Joni Loom Warp her up from edge to edge and create a piece as large as 29 inches wide and 40 inches tall That is a pretty darn big weaving And yes bead weavers use this loom too Quite a few bead weavers

create large bead weavings on the Joni Loom

Who Should Choose This Loom The 32 Joni Loom is the perfect loom for the serious tapestry weaver who doesnt quite need the width of the 38 Loom Zeus Loom Double top and

bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs The weaving width is 29 inches and the weaving height is 44

inches Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are

more often used for tapestry

Learn more about the 32rdquo Joni Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore32-joni-loom

10

38rdquo Zeus Loom

This is as big as a portable Mirrix Loom gets Inspired by a customer who wanted a big enough loom to weave a standard Navajo size rug we designed this loom for those of you who think big

Engineered just like the 32 inch loom the 38 inch loom will satisfy those of you who really wanted a floor loom but could not justify the expense or give up all that space to house it On

this 38 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 35 inches wide and 46 inches longThe Zeus Loom comes with a great story He exists because a customer who had been weaving on a traditional Navajo loom called me up to ask if we had a loom that could accommodate a

weaving 35 inches wide and 40 inches tall I said no because at the time the Joni Loom was our largest loom She wanted to transfer her piece off the Navajo loom and onto a Mirrix It was just crazy enough that I wanted to be part of this I told her I would have manufacturing make two

38 inch wide looms and I would have one sent to her and one sent to me If we both thought the loom was viable she would be obligated to buy it We then figured out a way for her to transfer her weaving onto the Mirrix She received the loom she loved the loom and she transferred her weaving onto it and finished it without a hitch That was one happy customer Since then many

customers have enjoyed the size of this loom that has the consideration to produce large tapestries while not taking over your studio

Who Should Choose This Loom The 38 Zeus Loom is designed for those people who want to weave the largest tapestry you can weave on a Mirrix Loom Combine it with the Mirrix Treadle and Mirrix Stand and youve got a floor loom without the cost or footprint of one Not only is it great for large-scale tapestries but

its wonderful for weaving small area rugs Double top and bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs You can weave a piece 35 inches

wide and 46 inches long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more often used for

tapestry

Learn more about the 38rdquo Zeus Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore38-zeus-loom

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 11: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

10

38rdquo Zeus Loom

This is as big as a portable Mirrix Loom gets Inspired by a customer who wanted a big enough loom to weave a standard Navajo size rug we designed this loom for those of you who think big

Engineered just like the 32 inch loom the 38 inch loom will satisfy those of you who really wanted a floor loom but could not justify the expense or give up all that space to house it On

this 38 inch wide loom you can weave a piece 35 inches wide and 46 inches longThe Zeus Loom comes with a great story He exists because a customer who had been weaving on a traditional Navajo loom called me up to ask if we had a loom that could accommodate a

weaving 35 inches wide and 40 inches tall I said no because at the time the Joni Loom was our largest loom She wanted to transfer her piece off the Navajo loom and onto a Mirrix It was just crazy enough that I wanted to be part of this I told her I would have manufacturing make two

38 inch wide looms and I would have one sent to her and one sent to me If we both thought the loom was viable she would be obligated to buy it We then figured out a way for her to transfer her weaving onto the Mirrix She received the loom she loved the loom and she transferred her weaving onto it and finished it without a hitch That was one happy customer Since then many

customers have enjoyed the size of this loom that has the consideration to produce large tapestries while not taking over your studio

Who Should Choose This Loom The 38 Zeus Loom is designed for those people who want to weave the largest tapestry you can weave on a Mirrix Loom Combine it with the Mirrix Treadle and Mirrix Stand and youve got a floor loom without the cost or footprint of one Not only is it great for large-scale tapestries but

its wonderful for weaving small area rugs Double top and bottom beams make this loom incredibly strong for the perfect tension every weaver needs You can weave a piece 35 inches

wide and 46 inches long Remember you can always weave smaller pieces on our larger looms You can also weave large bead pieces on the larger looms although they are more often used for

tapestry

Learn more about the 38rdquo Zeus Loom here httpwwwmirrixloomscomstore38-zeus-loom

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 12: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

bull CHAPTER 2 bull

WHOLESALEGenerally speaking Mirrix Looms will not offer new wholesale accounts to any store andor person without a physical location or teaching presence In accordance with these terms we strongly discourage the sale of the Mirrix Loom on eBay or other similar websites It does not promote the kind of customer service Mirrix is known for We want each retailer to understand how to use the Mirrix Loom so that they can impart that knowledge to their customers We do not give wholesale accounts to everyone who asks and ask that each potential wholesaler gives us enough information about their store or teaching credentials so we can make a final informed decision about whether or not our partnership would be a good match

The Mirrix Loom is not just a product its a learning experience and each of our retailers must reflect those values

Learn more here httpwwwmirrixloomscomwholesale-guide

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 13: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

bull CHAPTER 3 bull

It is easy to bead on a loom There are three basic different methods of beading that we use but that isnrsquot to say that arenrsquot other methods out there or methods still to be invented

Sewing in Bead Weaving (the ldquotraditionalrdquo method of weaving beads)

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

BEAD LOOMS

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 14: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

13

Sewing in Bead Weaving

This is the easiest way to weave beads Simply string up your beads (one fewer bead than the number of warp threads) place them behind your warps and then sew back through on the front of the warps going in the other direction Thatrsquos it

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 15: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

14

Bead Weaving with the Shedding Device

Bead weaving with the shedding device takes a little more time to set up Instead of warping with one warp thread in each dent (space in the warp coil or spring on the loom) you put two in each dent Then you attach heddles to the warp threads and the top and bottom of the shedding device Doing this allows the shedding device to pick up half your warp threads so you can place your beads in between them instead of having to sew through Changing the position of the shedding device changes which warp threads are raised and secures the beads

Note This loom has a bottom spring kit on it This is an optional accessory that helps organize warps at the bottom of the loom

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 16: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

15

Bead Weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit

The No Warp-Ends Kit allows you to weave beads without having to worry about sewing in the warp ends Instead of warping using the warping bar you warp around paperclips (or s-hooks) that are later removed to create little loops instead of loose ends (Note Our No Warp-Ends Kit used to come with paperclips and now comes with S-Hooks instead These are a little sturdier but are used the same way if yoursquod like you can still use paperclips with the kit as well)

You can purchase the No Warp-Ends Kit here httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 17: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

TAPESTRY LOOMSThe first Mirrix Loom was invented because Claudia Chase Mirrixrsquos President wanted a high quality and portable tapestry loom She designed the loom herself to meet the needs of a professional tapestry weaver

bull CHAPTER 4 bull

Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving It is weft-faced (ie the warp does not show at all) the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber)

What do you need to begin weaving tapestryA dedicated tapestry loom with a shedding deviceA Mirrix of courseHeddles (you can buy these or make your own)Heddles attach your shedding device to your warp threads You do not need heddles if you are not using a shedding device

WarpWarp can come in a variety of different fibers including cotton linen or wool Your warp is going to be under extreme tension and therefore has to be very strong You should not be able to easily break it just using your hands

A tapestry beaterTapestry beaters are available in wood metal or a combination of the two We sell a wooden version one is weighted and one is not You can also use a fork as a tapestry beater

Weft The most important quality in a tapestry yarn (which is the weft) is beauty It doesnt have to be warm or soft or have any of the yarn qualities you would want for making a sweater It just has to be beautiful and available in whatever colors you want If you were to spin your own tapestry yarn you would use the fleece from a sheep with long lustrous locks You would not use the fiber from something like a Marino Sheep which has short fuzzy fleece Short fuzzy fleece is warm but it does not make for pretty tapestry yarn For our kits we use Brown Sheep Yarn because it comes in a large variety of gorgeous colors and is a singles yarn The final product also withstands wear very well We also use hand-painted Mulberry silk yarn in some of our kits

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 18: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

17

Weaving Tapestry

Learning How

There are many great tapestry books on the market We sell a few of these great books in our online store httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categorybooks-media

Also check out Mirrixrsquos beginner tapestry class on Craftarteducom httpwwwcraftarteducomclaudia-anne-chase-introduction-to-tapestry-techniques Itrsquos the perfect way to learn the basics of tapestry from the comfort of your computer chair and features Mirrixrsquos President Claudia A Chase

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 19: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

bull CHAPTER 5 bull

ACCESSORIESLoom Stand and Treadle

Learn more about these accessories and more on our website httpwwwmirrixloomscomproduct-categoryaccessories

Bottom Spring Kit

No Warp-Ends Kit

Heddles

Loom Extenders

Warp Coil (spring)

Extra Warping Bar Kit

Loom Extenders

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 20: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

19

All About The Mirrix Shedding Device amp Heddles

Shedding devices are devices used to lift warps in order to pass fiber or beads through them more easily The space between the warps is called the SHED which

is where the term SHEDding device comes from

On a Mirrix shedding device when you change the position of the handle the shedding device shifts position and opposite sets of warps are raised securing your beads or weft between the warp threads The wooden clips hold your shedding device on the loom but also serve to hold your warping bar in place when warping your loom (and before you install the shedding device)

The shedding device is attached to the warp threads with heddles These heddles pull up

on the correct warp threads when the shedding device is engaged

On a Mirrix Loom using the shedding device is recommended for tapestry weaving as it makes the process much faster and easier For combining beads and fiber a shedding device is also very useful For beads both the traditional bead weaving method of placing your beads behind your warp threads and then sewing through and the method using the shedding device and placing the beads between raised and lowered warp threads work The method using the shedding device takes a little more time to set up but once you get the hang of it itrsquos a fast and fun way to weave beads

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 21: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

20

All About The Bottom Spring Kit

Tapestry Weavers who weave small format tapestry love the bottom spring kit because it helps get all those pesky threads all neatly lined up and in order For those folks we created the bottom spring kit with two 20 and 22 dent springs one for the top and one for the bottom Usually these folks are warping with material that is about as thin as beading thread so you can see where organization on the bottom of the loom could be very helpful

Bead Weaving If you are weaving thinner bracelets or necklaces itrsquos really easy to organize your warp threads at the bottom of the loom And since the first row of beads sets the bottom sett once yoursquove got that row in a bottom spring has no use However when weaving wider pieces and especially wider pieces using the shedding device where there are pairs of threads between beads that have to remain paired correctly that bottoms spring kit certainly helps to keep those pairs paired correctly and the threads not crossing at the bottom So in the case of wider bead pieces (more than four inches) it will test your patience less if you do have the bottom spring kit

We offer the bottom spring kit with all the springs that come with the loom as well as the one mentioned above with two 2022 dent springs We also offer the bottom spring kit with two 16 dent springs This is designed for those weaving wide beaded tapestries with Delica beads since the 16 dent spring works better than the 18 dent spring in this situation

You can buy just the bottom spring kit (itrsquos a tray that holds the springs) and pick just the springs you want For example even though the looms (except for the MiniMirrix and Lani and Little Guy without the shedding device) come with size 8 12 14 and 18 dent springs you might only be weaving size 110 seed beads which require the 14 dent spring There is no need to buy the whole set Just buy the bottom spring kit and that particular spring You can always buy others later But then there are those of you who might be weaving a whole range of beads or might do so and it is cheaper to buy the whole package

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 22: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

21

All About Warp Coils (springs)

WHAT IS A WARP COIL AND WHAT DOES IT DO

A warp coil is a spring you put at the top (or bottom if you have a bottom spring kit) of your loom to organize you warp threads When you put the spring on the loom and you measure an inch the number of DENTS (spaces in the spring) should equal the numbers in the name of the spring An 18 dent spring should have about 18 dents in an inch Easy

The warp coil spaces your warp threads correctly If yoursquore using larger beads you want your warp threads to be spaced further than if you were using smaller beads The same goes for tapestry If yoursquore using thicker yarn you want your warp threads spaced out further than with a thinner yarn

What springs come with the loom 8 12 14 and 18 dents per inch As you can see this pretty much covers all your needs except when using tiny beads such as 150s or when weaving a wide piece with size 110 Delicas which work better with a 16 dent coil

For beads Since the springs are even measurement and the beads per inch are sometimes an odd number and because you have to factor in the thickness of the thread in between the formula is not exact If you donrsquot have the correct spring but one that is close and you are doing a piece that is not very wide you can use a larger spring and squish it together in the middle and put under tension For a wider piece (three inches or larger) you really want the correct spring

HOW TO CHOOSE WHICH WARP COIL TO USE

How do you know what warp coil to use for bead weaving

Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch Then count how many beads are in that inch The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used For example if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch so you would use the 18 dent coil There is some leeway in this and depending on the beads you are using it might not work out perfectly (numerically) just close Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil

How do I know what warp coil to use for tapestry

This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver For finer weft you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch For thicker weft you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent (For example an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil)

The basic thing to remember is to make sure your warps threads arenrsquot showing and you must consider the warp set (how far apart your warp threads are or what warp coil you are using) how thick your weft is and how thick your warp is One way to determine your weft size is to put your weft in between your warp threads vertically when your loom is warped If your weft threads are much thicker than the space between the two warp threads then your weft is probably too thick and if your weft threads are much thinner than you know your weft is too thin

DO I ALWAYS NEED A SPRING

In some cases you do not want a spring For example when weaving a bead soup bracelet with lots of different size beads the beads will set the spacing Also when weaving a thin piece you can usually skip the spring if you donrsquot have the correct size

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers

Page 23: Mirrix Looms WHOLESALE GUIDE - Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Loomsblog.mirrixlooms.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/... · as a dedicated bead loom, but add the extra shedding device and weave

bull CHAPTER 6 bull

RESOURCESWarping Instructions

httpwwwmirrixloomscombeginners-guidewarping-instructions

Free Projects

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerprojects

Tutorials

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centertutorials

Weave-Alongs

httpwwwmirrixloomscomlearning-centerweave-alongs

Mirrix-Ware

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunitymirrix-ware

Where to find more

wwwmirrixloomscomFacebook Page httpswwwfacebookcommirrixlooms

Facebook Group httpswwwfacebookcomgroupsmirrixlooms

Twitter MirrixMarketing

Blog httpwwwmirrixloomscomblog

Pinterest httpspinterestcommirrixlooms

Ravelry httpwwwravelrycomgroupsmirrix-looms--woven-art

Weavolution httpweavolutioncomgroupmirrix-looms

Google+ httpsplusgooglecomu1b112898324220700431296112898324220700431296about

Contact UsInterested in becoming a Mirrix Retailer Email elenamirrixloomscom to get started

Once yoursquove become an established retailer wersquoll add you to our retail map and page and start sending customers your way

httpwwwmirrixloomscomcommunityretailers-and-teachers